blob: b6f1afbe41afbd6c09f0ee3e533351759077aae2 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
64 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
65 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
83 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +000091SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
92 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
93 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
94}
95
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000096//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
97// Standard Promotions and Conversions
98//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
99
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000100/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
101void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
102 QualType Ty = E->getType();
103 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
104
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000105 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
106 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000107 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
108 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
109 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
110 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
111 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
112 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
113 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000114 //
115 // C++ 4.2p1:
116 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
117 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
118 //
119 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
120 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000121 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
122 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000123}
124
125/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
126/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
127/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
128/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
129/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
130Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
131 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
132 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
133
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000134 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) // C99 6.3.1.1p2
135 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
136 else
137 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
138
139 return Expr;
140}
141
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000142/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
143/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
144/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
145void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
146 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
147 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
148
149 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
150 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
151 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
152 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
153
154 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
155}
156
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000157/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
158/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
159/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
160/// completely illegal.
161bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000162 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
163
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000164 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
165 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
166 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
167 << Expr->getType() << CT;
168 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000169 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000170
171 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
172 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
173 << Expr->getType() << CT;
174
175 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000176}
177
178
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000179/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
180/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
181/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
182/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
183/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
184/// GCC.
185QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
186 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000187 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000188 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000189
190 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000191
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
193 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000194 QualType lhs =
195 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
196 QualType rhs =
197 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000198
199 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
200 if (lhs == rhs)
201 return lhs;
202
203 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
204 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
205 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
206 return lhs;
207
208 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000209 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000210 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000211 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000212 return destType;
213}
214
215QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
216 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
217 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
218 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
219 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
220 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000221 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
222 lhs = Context.IntTy;
223 else
224 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
225 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
226 rhs = Context.IntTy;
227 else
228 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000229
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000230 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
231 if (lhs == rhs)
232 return lhs;
233
234 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
235 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
236 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
237 return lhs;
238
239 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
240
241 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
242 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
243 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
244 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
245 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000246 return lhs;
247 }
248 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
249 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000250 return rhs;
251 }
252 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
253 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
254 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
255 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
256 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
257 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
258 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
259 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
260 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
261 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
262 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
263
264 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
265 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000266 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
267 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000268 }
269 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
270 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
271 // does not require this promotion.
272 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
273 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000274 return rhs;
275 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276 return lhs;
277 }
278 }
279 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
280 }
281 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
282 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
283 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000284 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000286 return lhs;
287 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000288 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
289 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
290 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
291 }
292 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000293 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000294 return rhs;
295 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000296 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
297 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
298 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
299 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000300 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
301 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
302 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000303 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000305 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
306 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000307 }
308 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
309 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
310 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
311 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
312
313 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
314 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000315 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
316 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000317 return rhs;
318 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
319 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320 return lhs;
321 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
322 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000323 return rhs;
324 }
325 }
326 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
327 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
328 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
329 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
330 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
331 QualType destType;
332 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
333 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
334 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
335 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
336 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
337 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
338 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
339 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
340 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
341 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
342 // use the signed type.
343 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
344 } else {
345 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
346 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
347 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
348 // to the signed type.
349 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
350 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000351 return destType;
352}
353
354//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
355// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
356//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
357
358
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000359/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000360/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
361/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
362/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
363/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000364///
365Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000366Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000367 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
368
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000369 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000370 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000371 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000372
373 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
374 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
375 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000377 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000378 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000379 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000380
381 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
382 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
383 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000384
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000385 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
386 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
387 // strings.
388 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000389 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000390 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000391
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000392 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000393 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
394 Literal.GetStringLength(),
395 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
396 &StringTokLocs[0],
397 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000398}
399
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000400/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
401/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
402/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
403/// for values inside the block or for globals).
404///
405/// FIXME: This will create BlockDeclRefExprs for global variables,
406/// function references, etc which is suboptimal :) and breaks
407/// things like "integer constant expression" tests.
408static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
409 ValueDecl *VD) {
410 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
411 // we wanted to.
412 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
413 return false;
414
415 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
416 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
417 return false;
418
419 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
420 // snapshot it.
421 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
422 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
423 return Var->hasLocalStorage();
424
425 return true;
426}
427
428
429
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000430/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000431/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000432/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000433/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000434/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000435Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
436 IdentifierInfo &II,
437 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000438 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
439 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
440 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000441 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000442}
443
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000444/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
445/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
446/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000447DeclRefExpr *
448Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
449 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
450 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000451 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000452 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
453 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000454 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000455 } else
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000456 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000457}
458
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000459/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
460/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
461/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000462static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
463 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000464 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
465 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
466
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000467 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000468 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
469 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
470 // this even better.
471 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000472 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
473 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000474 D != DEnd; ++D) {
475 if (*D == Record) {
476 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
477 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
478 ++D;
479 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000480 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000481 return *D;
482 }
483 }
484
485 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
486 return 0;
487}
488
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000489/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
490/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
491/// actual member.
492///
493/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
494/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
495/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
496/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
497/// we found.
498///
499/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
500/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
501/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
502VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
503 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000504 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
505 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
506 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
507
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000508 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000509 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
510 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
511 do {
512 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000513 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000514 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000515 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000516 else {
517 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
518 break;
519 }
520 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
521 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
522 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000523
524 return BaseObject;
525}
526
527Sema::OwningExprResult
528Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
529 FieldDecl *Field,
530 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
531 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
532 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
533 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
534 AnonFields);
535
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000536 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
537 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
538 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
539 // found via name lookup.
540 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
541 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
542 if (BaseObject) {
543 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
544 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000545 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000546 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000547 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000548 ExtraQuals
549 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
550 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
551 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
552 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
553 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
554 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
555 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
556 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
557 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
558 }
559 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
560 } else {
561 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
562 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
563 // program our base object expression is "this".
564 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
565 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
566 QualType AnonFieldType
567 = Context.getTagDeclType(
568 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
569 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
570 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
571 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
572 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
573 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000574 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000575 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000576 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
577 }
578 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000579 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
580 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000581 }
582 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
583 }
584
585 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000586 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
587 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000588 }
589
590 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
591 // anonymous struct/union.
592 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
593 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
594 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
595 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
596 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
597 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
598 unsigned combinedQualifiers
599 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
600 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
601 }
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000602 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
603 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000604 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
605 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000606 }
607
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000608 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000609}
610
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000611/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
612/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
613/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
614/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
615/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
616/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
617/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
618/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
619/// forms.
620///
621/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
622/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
623/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
624/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000625///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
627/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
628/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
629/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000630Sema::OwningExprResult
631Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
632 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000633 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000634 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000635 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000636 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
637 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000638
639 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
640 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
641 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
642 // names a dependent type.
643 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000644 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
645 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000646 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000647 }
648
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000649 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
650 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000651
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000652 NamedDecl *D = 0;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000653 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
654 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
655 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
656 : SourceRange());
657 return ExprError();
658 } else
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000659 D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000660
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000661 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
662 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000663 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
664 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000665 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
666 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000667 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
668 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
669 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000670 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000671 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000672 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000673 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
674 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000675 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000676 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
677 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000678 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
679 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
680 // an error.
681 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
682 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
683 << IV->getDeclName());
684 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
685 // same name exists, use the global.
686 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000687 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
688 ClassDeclared != IFace)
689 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000690 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
691 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
692 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
693 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000694 return Owned(new (Context)
695 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
696 static_cast<Expr*>(SelfExpr.release()),
697 true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000698 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000699 }
700 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000701 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
702 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
703 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000704 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000705 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
706 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000707 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
708 IFace == ClassDeclared)
709 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden)<<IV->getDeclName();
710 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000711 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000712 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000713 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000714 QualType T;
715
716 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
717 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
718 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
719 else
720 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000721 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000722 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000723 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000724
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000725 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
726 // argument-dependent lookup.
727 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
728 HasTrailingLParen;
729
730 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000731 // We've seen something of the form
732 //
733 // identifier(
734 //
735 // and we did not find any entity by the name
736 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
737 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
738 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
739 Context.OverloadTy,
740 Loc));
741 }
742
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000743 if (D == 0) {
744 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
745 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000746 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000747 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000748 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000749 else {
750 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
751 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000752 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000753 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
754 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000755 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
756 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000757 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
758 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000759 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000760 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000761 }
762 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000763
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000764 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
765 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
766 // not any specific instance's member.
767 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000768 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000769 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000770 QualType DType;
771 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
772 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
773 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
774 DType = Method->getType();
775 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
776 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
777 }
778 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
779 if (!DType.isNull()) {
780 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
781 // dependent.
782 bool Dependent = false;
783 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
784 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
785 if (DC->isRecord()) {
786 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
787 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
788 Dependent = true;
789 break;
790 }
791 }
792 }
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000793 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000794 }
795 }
796 }
797
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000798 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
799 // (C++ [class.union]).
800 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
801 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
802 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000803
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000804 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
805 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
806 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
807 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
808 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
809 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
810 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
811 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
812 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
813 QualType MemberType;
814 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
815 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
816 MemberType = FD->getType();
817
818 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
819 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
820 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
821 unsigned combinedQualifiers
822 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
823 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
824 }
825 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
826 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
827 Ctx = Method->getParent();
828 MemberType = Method->getType();
829 }
830 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
831 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
832 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
833 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
834 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
835 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
836 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
837 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
838 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
839 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
840 break;
841 }
842 }
843 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000844
845 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000846 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
847 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
848 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
849 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
850 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
851 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000852 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000853 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000854 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000855 SourceLocation(), MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000856 }
857 }
858 }
859 }
860
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000861 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000862 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
863 if (MD->isStatic())
864 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000865 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
866 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000867 }
868
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000869 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
870 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
871 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000872 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
873 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000874 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000875
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000876 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000877 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000878 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000879 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000880 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000881 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000882
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000883 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000884 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000885 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
886 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000887 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
888 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
889 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000890 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000891
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000892 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
893 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
894 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
895 // that overload resolution actually selects.
896 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
897 return ExprError();
898
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000899 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000900 // Warn about constructs like:
901 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
902 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000903 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
904 Scope *CheckS = S;
905 while (CheckS) {
906 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000907 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000908 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000909 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
910 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000911 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000912 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
913 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000914 break;
915 }
916
917 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
918 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
919 if (CheckS)
920 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
921 }
922 }
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000923 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
924 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
925 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
926 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
927 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
928 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
929 // type.
930 QualType T = Func->getType();
931 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000932 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
933 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000934 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
935 }
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000936 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000937
938 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
939 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000940 return ExprError();
941
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000942 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
943 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
944 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
945 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000946 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000947 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
948 // as they do not get snapshotted.
949 //
950 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +0000951 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
952 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
953
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000954 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000955 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
956 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000957 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000958
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000959 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000960 ExprTy.addConst();
961 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000962 }
963 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
964 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000965
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000966 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000967 bool ValueDependent = false;
968 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
969 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
970 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
971 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
972 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
973 TypeDependent = true;
974 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
975 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
976 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
977 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
978 TypeDependent = true;
979 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
980 // names a dependent type.
981 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000982 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000983 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
984 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000985 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000986 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
987 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
988 TypeDependent = true;
989 break;
990 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000991 }
992 }
993 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000994
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000995 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
996 //
997 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
998 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
999 if (TypeDependent)
1000 ValueDependent = true;
1001 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1002 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1003 ValueDependent = true;
1004 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1005 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
1006 // (FIXME!).
1007 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001008
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001009 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1010 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001011}
1012
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001013Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1014 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001015 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001016
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001017 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001018 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001019 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1020 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1021 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001022 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001023
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001024 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1025 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001026 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001027 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1028 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001029 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1030 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1031 else {
1032 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1033 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1034 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1035 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001036
1037
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001038 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001039 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001040 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001041 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001042}
1043
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001044Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001045 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1046 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1047 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1048 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001049
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001050 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1051 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1052 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001053 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001054
1055 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1056
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001057 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1058 Literal.isWide(),
1059 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001060}
1061
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001062Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1063 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001064 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1065 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001066 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001067 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001068 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001069 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001070 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001071
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001072 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001073 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1074 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001075 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001076
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001077 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1078 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001079
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001080 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1081 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1082 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001083 return ExprError();
1084
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001085 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001086
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001087 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001088 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001089 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001090 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001091 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001092 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001093 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001094 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001095
1096 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1097
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001098 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1099 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001100 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1101 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001102
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001103 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001104 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001105 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001106 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001107
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001108 // long long is a C99 feature.
1109 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001110 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001111 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1112
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001113 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001114 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001115
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001116 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1117 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1118 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001119 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1120 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001121 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001122 } else {
1123 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1124 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001125
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001126 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1127 // be an unsigned int.
1128 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1129
1130 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001131 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001132 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1133 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001134 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001135
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001136 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1137 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1138 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1139 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001140 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001141 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001142 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001143 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001144 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001145 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001146
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001147 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001148 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001149 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001150
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001151 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1152 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1153 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1154 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001155 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001156 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001157 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001158 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001159 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001160 }
1161
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001162 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001163 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001164 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001165
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001166 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1167 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1168 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1169 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001170 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001171 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001172 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001173 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001174 }
1175 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001176
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001177 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1178 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001179 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001180 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001181 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001182 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001183 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001184
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001185 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1186 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001187 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001188 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001189 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001190
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001191 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1192 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001193 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1194 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001195
1196 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001197}
1198
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001199Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1200 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
1201 Expr *E = (Expr *)Val.release();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001202 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001203 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001204}
1205
1206/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1207/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001208bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001209 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1210 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1211 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001212 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1213 return false;
1214
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001215 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001216 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001217 // alignof(function) is allowed.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001218 if (isSizeof)
1219 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1220 return false;
1221 }
1222
1223 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001224 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1225 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001226 return false;
1227 }
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001228
1229 // sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>)
1230 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IIT = exprType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
1231 if (IIT->getDecl()->isForwardDecl()) {
1232 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_forward_interface)
1233 << IIT->getDecl()->getDeclName() << isSizeof;
1234 return true;
1235 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001236
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001237 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1238 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
1239 << IIT->getDecl()->getDeclName() << isSizeof;
1240 return true;
1241 }
1242 }
1243
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001244 return RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001245 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1246 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1247 ExprRange);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001248}
1249
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001250bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1251 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1252 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001253
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001254 // alignof decl is always ok.
1255 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1256 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001257
1258 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1259 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1260 return false;
1261
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001262 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
1263 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
1264 if (FD->isBitField()) {
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001265 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001266 return true;
1267 }
1268 // Other fields are ok.
1269 return false;
1270 }
1271 }
1272 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1273}
1274
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001275/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1276Action::OwningExprResult
1277Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1278 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1279 if (T.isNull())
1280 return ExprError();
1281
1282 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1283 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1284 return ExprError();
1285
1286 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1287 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1288 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1289 R.getEnd()));
1290}
1291
1292/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1293/// operand.
1294Action::OwningExprResult
1295Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1296 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1297 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1298 bool isInvalid = false;
1299 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1300 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1301 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1302 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
1303 } else if (E->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
1304 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1305 isInvalid = true;
1306 } else {
1307 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1308 }
1309
1310 if (isInvalid)
1311 return ExprError();
1312
1313 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1314 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1315 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1316 R.getEnd()));
1317}
1318
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001319/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1320/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1321/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001322Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001323Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1324 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001325 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001326 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001327
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001328 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001329 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1330 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1331 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001332
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001333 // Get the end location.
1334 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1335 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1336 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1337
1338 if (Result.isInvalid())
1339 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1340
1341 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001342}
1343
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001344QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001345 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1346 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001347
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001348 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001349 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1350 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001351
1352 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1353 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1354 return V->getType();
1355
1356 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001357 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1358 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001359 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001360}
1361
1362
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001363
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001364Action::OwningExprResult
1365Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1366 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1367 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001368
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001369 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1370 switch (Kind) {
1371 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1372 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1373 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1374 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001375
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001376 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1377 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1378 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001379 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001380 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1381
1382 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1383 //
1384 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1385 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1386 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1387 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1388 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1389 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1390 // argument will have value zero.
1391 Expr *Args[2] = {
1392 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001393 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1394 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001395 };
1396
1397 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1398 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001399 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001400
1401 // Perform overload resolution.
1402 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1403 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1404 case OR_Success: {
1405 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1406 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1407
1408 if (FnDecl) {
1409 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1410 // operator.
1411
1412 // Convert the arguments.
1413 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1414 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001415 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001416 } else {
1417 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001418 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001419 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1420 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001421 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001422 }
1423
1424 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001425 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001426 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1427 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001428
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001429 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001430 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001431 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001432 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1433
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001434 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001435 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1436 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1437 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001438 } else {
1439 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1440 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1441 // operator node.
1442 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1443 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001444 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001445
1446 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001447 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001448 }
1449
1450 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1451 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1452 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1453 break;
1454
1455 case OR_Ambiguous:
1456 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1457 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1458 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1459 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001460 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001461
1462 case OR_Deleted:
1463 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1464 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1465 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1466 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1467 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1468 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001469 }
1470
1471 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1472 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1473 // build a built-in operation.
1474 }
1475
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001476 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1477 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001478 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001479 return ExprError();
1480 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001481 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001482}
1483
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001484Action::OwningExprResult
1485Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1486 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1487 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1488 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001489
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001490 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001491 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001492 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1493 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1494 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001495 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1496 // to the candidate set.
1497 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1498 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001499 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1500 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001501
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001502 // Perform overload resolution.
1503 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1504 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1505 case OR_Success: {
1506 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1507 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1508
1509 if (FnDecl) {
1510 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1511 // operator.
1512
1513 // Convert the arguments.
1514 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1515 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1516 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1517 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1518 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001519 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001520 } else {
1521 // Convert the arguments.
1522 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1523 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1524 "passing") ||
1525 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1526 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1527 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001528 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001529 }
1530
1531 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001532 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001533 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1534 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001535
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001536 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001537 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1538 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001539 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1540
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001541 Base.release();
1542 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001543 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1544 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001545 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001546 } else {
1547 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1548 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1549 // operator node.
1550 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1551 "passing") ||
1552 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1553 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001554 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001555
1556 break;
1557 }
1558 }
1559
1560 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1561 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1562 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1563 break;
1564
1565 case OR_Ambiguous:
1566 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1567 << "[]"
1568 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1569 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001570 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001571
1572 case OR_Deleted:
1573 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1574 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1575 << "[]"
1576 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1577 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1578 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001579 }
1580
1581 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1582 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1583 // build a built-in operation.
1584 }
1585
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001586 // Perform default conversions.
1587 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1588 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001589
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001590 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1591
1592 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001593 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001594 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001595 // and index from the expression types.
1596 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1597 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001598 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1599 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1600 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1601 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1602 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001603 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1604 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1605 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1606 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001607 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001608 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1609 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1610 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1611 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1612 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001613 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1614 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001615 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001616
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001617 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1618 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
1619 } else {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001620 return ExprError(Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(),
1621 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
1622 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001623 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001624 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001625 return ExprError(Diag(IndexExpr->getLocStart(),
1626 diag::err_typecheck_subscript) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001627
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001628 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1629 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1630 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1631 // incomplete types are not object types.
1632 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1633 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1634 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1635 return ExprError();
1636 }
1637 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
1638 RequireCompleteType(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), ResultType,
1639 diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
1640 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1641 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001642
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001643 Base.release();
1644 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001645 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001646 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001647}
1648
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001649QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001650CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001651 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001652 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001653
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001654 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1655 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001656
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001657 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001658 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1659 // to be selected.
1660 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001661
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001662 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1663 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1664 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001665
1666 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1667 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001668 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001669 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1670 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001671 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001672 do
1673 compStr++;
1674 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001675 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001676 do
1677 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001678 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001679 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001680
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001681 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001682 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1683 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001684 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1685 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001686 return QualType();
1687 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001688
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001689 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1690 // operates on.
1691 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1692 compStr = CompName.getName();
1693
1694 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001695 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001696
1697 while (*compStr) {
1698 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1699 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1700 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1701 return QualType();
1702 }
1703 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001704 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001705
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001706 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1707 // number of elements.
1708 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001709 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001710 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001711 return QualType();
1712 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001713
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001714 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001715 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001716 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001717 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001718 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001719 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1720 : CompName.getLength();
1721 if (HexSwizzle)
1722 CompSize--;
1723
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001724 if (CompSize == 1)
1725 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001726
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001727 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001728 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001729 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1730 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1731 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1732 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001733 }
1734 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001735}
1736
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001737static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1738 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001739 const Selector &Sel,
1740 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001741
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001742 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001743 return PD;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001744 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001745 return OMD;
1746
1747 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1748 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001749 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1750 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001751 return D;
1752 }
1753 return 0;
1754}
1755
1756static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1757 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001758 const Selector &Sel,
1759 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001760 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1761 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1762 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1763 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001764 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001765 GDecl = PD;
1766 break;
1767 }
1768 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001769 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001770 GDecl = OMD;
1771 break;
1772 }
1773 }
1774 if (!GDecl) {
1775 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1776 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1777 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001778 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001779 if (GDecl)
1780 return GDecl;
1781 }
1782 }
1783 return GDecl;
1784}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001785
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001786/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
1787/// all base class implementations.
1788///
1789ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
1790 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
1791 const Selector &Sel) {
1792 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
1793 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
1794 Sema::ObjCImplementations[IFace->getIdentifier()])
1795 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1796
1797 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
1798 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
1799 return Method;
1800}
1801
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001802Action::OwningExprResult
1803Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1804 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001805 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001806 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001807 Expr *BaseExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Base.release());
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001808 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001809
1810 // Perform default conversions.
1811 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001812
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001813 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1814 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001815
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001816 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1817 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001818 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001819 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001820 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001821 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001822 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1823 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001824 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001825 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1826 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1827 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001828 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001829
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001830 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1831 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001832 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001833 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001834 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001835 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1836 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1837 return ExprError();
1838
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001839 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001840 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1841 // than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001842 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001843 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001844 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001845
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001846 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001847 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1848 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001849 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001850 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1851 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1852 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001853 }
1854
1855 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001856
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001857 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1858 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1859 // error cases.
1860 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
1861 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001862
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001863 // Check the use of this field
1864 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
1865 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001866
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001867 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001868 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1869 // (C++ [class.union]).
1870 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001871 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001872 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001873
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001874 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1875 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001876 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001877 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1878 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1879 else {
1880 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1881 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001882 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001883 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1884 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1885 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001886
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001887 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1888 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001889 }
1890
1891 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001892 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001893 Var, MemberLoc,
1894 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
1895 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001896 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001897 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
1898 MemberFn->getType()));
1899 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1900 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001901 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001902 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
1903 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001904 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
1905 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001906 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001907 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
1908 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001909
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001910 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
1911 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
1912 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001913 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1914 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
1915 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001916 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001917
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001918 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
1919 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001920 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001921 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001922 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
1923 &Member,
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001924 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001925 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1926 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1927 // error cases.
1928 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1929 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001930
1931 // Check whether we can reference this field.
1932 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
1933 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8c56ee02009-03-26 16:01:08 +00001934 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
1935 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001936 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
1937 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1938 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001939 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
1940 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
1941 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
1942 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass down
1943 // the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context need
1944 // be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the AST
1945 // for a function decl.
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001946 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001947 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
1948 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
1949 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
1950 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
1951 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
1952 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00001953 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001954
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001955 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001956 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001957 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001958 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1959 }
1960 // @protected
1961 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
1962 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1963 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001964
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00001965 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001966 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00001967 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001968 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001969 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
1970 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
1971 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001972 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001973
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001974 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
1975 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
1976 const PointerType *PTy;
1977 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
1978 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
1979 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
1980 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00001981
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001982 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001983 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
1984 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001985 // Check whether we can reference this property.
1986 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
1987 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001988
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001989 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001990 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1991 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001992
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001993 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00001994 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
1995 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001996 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
1997 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001998 // Check whether we can reference this property.
1999 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2000 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002001
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002002 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002003 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2004 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002005
2006 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2007 // selector is implemented.
2008
2009 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2010 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2011
2012 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002013 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002014
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002015 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2016 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002017 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002018
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002019 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2020 if (!Getter) {
2021 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2022 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
2023 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
2024 }
2025 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002026 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002027 // Check if we can reference this property.
2028 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2029 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002030 }
2031 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2032 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2033 Selector SetterSel =
2034 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2035 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002036 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002037 if (!Setter) {
2038 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2039 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002040 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002041 }
2042 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2043 if (!Setter) {
2044 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2045 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
2046 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002047 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002048 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002049
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002050 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2051 return ExprError();
2052
2053 if (Getter || Setter) {
2054 QualType PType;
2055
2056 if (Getter)
2057 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2058 else {
2059 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2060 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2061 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2062 }
2063 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2064 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2065 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2066 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002067 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2068 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002069 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002070 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2071 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2072 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2073 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002074 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002075 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002076 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002077 // Check the use of this declaration
2078 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2079 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002080
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002081 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002082 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2083 }
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002084 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002085 // Check the use of this method.
2086 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2087 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002088
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002089 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002090 OMD->getResultType(),
2091 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2092 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002093 }
2094 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002095
2096 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2097 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002098 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002099 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2100 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2101 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2102 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2103 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002104 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2105 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002106 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002107 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002108 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002109 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002110 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002111 }
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002112 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2113 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2114 Selector SetterSel =
2115 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2116 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002117 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002118 if (!Setter) {
2119 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2120 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002121 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002122 }
2123 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2124 if (!Setter) {
2125 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2126 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
2127 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(SetterSel);
2128 }
2129 }
2130
2131 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2132 return ExprError();
2133
2134 if (Getter || Setter) {
2135 QualType PType;
2136
2137 if (Getter)
2138 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2139 else {
2140 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2141 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2142 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2143 }
2144 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2145 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2146 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2147 }
2148 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2149 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002150 }
2151 }
2152
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002153 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002154 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002155 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2156 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002157 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002158 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002159 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002160 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002161
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002162 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2163 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2164
2165 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2166 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2167 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2168 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2169 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2170 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2171 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2172 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2173 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2174 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2175 }
2176
2177 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002178}
2179
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002180/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2181/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2182/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2183/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2184/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2185/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002186bool
2187Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002188 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002189 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002190 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2191 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002192 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002193 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2194 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2195 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002196 bool Invalid = false;
2197
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002198 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2199 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2200 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2201 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2202 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2203 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2204 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2205 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002206 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002207 }
2208
2209 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2210 // them.
2211 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2212 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2213 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2214 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2215 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2216 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2217 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2218 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002219 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002220 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002221 }
2222 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2223 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002224
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002225 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2226 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2227 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002228
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002229 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002230 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002231 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002232
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002233 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2234 ProtoArgType,
2235 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2236 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2237 return true;
2238
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002239 // Pass the argument.
2240 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2241 return true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002242 } else
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002243 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002244 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002245 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002246
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002247 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2248 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002249
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002250 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2251 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002252 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2253 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2254 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2255 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2256 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2257
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002258 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2259 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2260 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002261 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002262 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2263 }
2264 }
2265
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002266 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002267}
2268
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002269/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002270/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2271/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002272Action::OwningExprResult
2273Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2274 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002275 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002276 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
2277 Expr *Fn = static_cast<Expr *>(fn.release());
2278 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002279 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002280 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002281 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002282
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002283 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002284 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002285 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002286 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
2287 bool Dependent = false;
2288 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2289 Dependent = true;
2290 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2291 Dependent = true;
2292
2293 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002294 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002295 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2296
2297 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2298 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2299 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2300 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2301
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002302 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002303 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2304 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2305 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002306 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2307 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002308 }
2309
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002310 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002311 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002312 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2313 bool ADL = true;
2314 while (true) {
2315 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2316 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2317 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002318 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002319 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002320 ADL = false;
2321 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2322 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002323 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002324 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2325 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002326 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2327 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2328 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2329 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002330 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002331 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2332 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2333 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002334 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002335 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2336 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2337 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002338 break;
2339 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002340 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002341
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002342 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2343 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002344 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002345 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2346 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002347
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002348 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002349 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002350 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002351 ADL = false;
2352
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002353 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2354 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2355 ADL = false;
2356
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002357 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002358 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2359 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002360 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2361 if (!FDecl)
2362 return ExprError();
2363
2364 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2365 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002366 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002367 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002368 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2369 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2370 false, false,
2371 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2372 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002373 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002374 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002375 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2376 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2377 Fn = NewFn;
2378 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002379 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002380
2381 // Promote the function operand.
2382 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2383
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002384 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2385 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002386 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2387 Args, NumArgs,
2388 Context.BoolTy,
2389 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002390
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002391 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2392 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2393 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2394 // have type pointer to function".
2395 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2396 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002397 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2398 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002399 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2400 } else { // This is a block call.
2401 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2402 getAsFunctionType();
2403 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002404 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002405 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2406 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2407
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002408 // Check for a valid return type
2409 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2410 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2411 FuncT->getResultType(),
2412 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2413 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2414 return ExprError();
2415
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002416 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002417 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002418
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002419 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002420 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002421 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002422 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002423 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002424 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002425
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002426 if (FDecl) {
2427 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2428 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2429 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Douglas Gregore3241e92009-04-18 00:02:19 +00002430 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size())
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002431 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2432 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2433 }
2434
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002435 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002436 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2437 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2438 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002439 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2440 Arg->getType(),
2441 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2442 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2443 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002444 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002445 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002446 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002447
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002448 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2449 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002450 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2451 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002452
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002453 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002454 if (FDecl)
2455 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002456
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002457 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002458}
2459
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002460Action::OwningExprResult
2461Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2462 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002463 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002464 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2465 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002466 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002467 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002468
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002469 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002470 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002471 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2472 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002473 } else if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002474 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2475 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002476 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002477
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002478 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002479 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002480 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002481
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002482 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002483 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002484 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002485 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002486 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002487 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002488 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002489 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002490}
2491
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002492Action::OwningExprResult
2493Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002494 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2495 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2496 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002497
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002498 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002499 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002500
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002501 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002502 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002503 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002504 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002505}
2506
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002507/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002508bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002509 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2510
2511 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2512 // type needs to be scalar.
2513 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2514 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002515 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2516 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002517 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002518 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2519 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2520 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2521 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002522 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002523 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2524 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2525 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2526 // GCC cast to union extension
2527 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2528 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002529 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002530 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2531 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2532 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2533 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2534 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2535 break;
2536 }
2537 }
2538 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2539 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2540 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2541 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002542 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002543 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002544 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002545 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002546 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002547 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002548 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2549 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002550 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002551 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2552 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2553 return true;
2554 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2555 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2556 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002557 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002558 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002559 }
2560 return false;
2561}
2562
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002563bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002564 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002565
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002566 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002567 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002568 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002569 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002570 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002571 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002572 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002573 } else
2574 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002575 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002576 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002577
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002578 return false;
2579}
2580
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002581Action::OwningExprResult
2582Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2583 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2584 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2585 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002586
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002587 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002588 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2589
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002590 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002591 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002592 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002593 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002594}
2595
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002596/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2597/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002598/// C99 6.5.15
2599QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2600 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002601 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2602 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2603 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2604
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002605 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2606 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2607 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2608 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2609 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2610 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002611
2612 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002613 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2614 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2615 << CondTy;
2616 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002617 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002618
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002619 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002620
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002621 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2622 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002623 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2624 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2625 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002626 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002627
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002628 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2629 // type.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002630 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2631 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002632 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002633 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002634 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002635 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002636 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002637 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002638
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002639 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002640 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002641 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2642 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2643 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2644 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2645 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2646 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2647 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2648 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2649 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002650 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002651 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002652 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2653 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002654 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2655 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2656 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2657 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2658 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002659 }
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002660 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2661 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2662 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2663 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2664 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002665 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002666
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002667 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2668 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002669 if (const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2670 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002671 // get the "pointed to" types
2672 QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType();
2673 QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002674
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002675 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2676 if (lhptee->isVoidType() &&
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002677 rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002678 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2679 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002680 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002681 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2682 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002683 return destType;
2684 }
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002685 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002686 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002687 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002688 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2689 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002690 return destType;
2691 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002692
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002693 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
Chris Lattner676c86a2009-02-19 04:44:58 +00002694 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002695 return LHSTy;
2696 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002697
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002698 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002699
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002700 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2701 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002702 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002703 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002704 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2705 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2706 // type. This allows
2707 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2708 // where B is a subclass of A.
2709 //
2710 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2711 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2712 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2713 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
2714
Steve Naroff9fc9cb52009-02-12 19:05:07 +00002715 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002716 // It could return the composite type.
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002717 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2718 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2719 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2720 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002721 compositeType = LHSTy;
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002722 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
Douglas Gregor5183f9e2008-11-26 06:43:45 +00002723 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002724 compositeType = RHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002725 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2726 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002727 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2728 } else {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002729 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002730 << LHSTy << RHSTy
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002731 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002732 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002733 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2734 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002735 return incompatTy;
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002736 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002737 } else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002738 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002739 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
2740 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002741 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2742 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2743 // to get a consistent AST.
2744 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002745 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2746 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002747 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002748 }
2749 // The pointer types are compatible.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002750 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2751 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2752 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2753 // type.
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002754 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002755 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002756 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2757 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002758 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002759 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002760 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002761
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00002762 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
2763 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2764 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2765 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2766 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2767 return RHSTy;
2768 }
2769 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2770 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2771 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2772 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2773 return LHSTy;
2774 }
2775
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002776 // Selection between block pointer types is ok as long as they are the same.
2777 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() && RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() &&
2778 Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy))
2779 return LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002780
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002781 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2782 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002783 // id with statically typed objects).
2784 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002785 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2786 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2787 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002788 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002789 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002790 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
2791 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2792 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002793 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2794 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2795 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2796 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2797 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2798 // cases. Investigate.
2799 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002800 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2801 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002802 return compositeType;
2803 }
2804 }
2805
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002806 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002807 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2808 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002809 return QualType();
2810}
2811
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002812/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002813/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002814Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2815 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2816 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2817 ExprArg RHS) {
2818 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2819 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002820
2821 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2822 // was the condition.
2823 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2824 if (isLHSNull)
2825 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002826
2827 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002828 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
2829 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002830 return ExprError();
2831
2832 Cond.release();
2833 LHS.release();
2834 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002835 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002836 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2837 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002838}
2839
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002840
2841// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002842// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002843// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2844// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2845// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002846Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002847Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2848 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002849
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002850 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002851 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2852 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002853
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002854 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002855 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2856 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002857
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002858 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002859
2860 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2861 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2862 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00002863 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002864 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002865 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002866
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002867 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
2868 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002869 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002870 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002871 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002872 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002873
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002874 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002875 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
2876 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002877 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002878
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002879 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002880 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002881 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002882
2883 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002884 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
2885 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002886 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002887 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002888 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00002889 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2890 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2891 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
2892 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
2893 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
2894 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
2895 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
2896 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2897 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2898 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
2899 }
2900 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
2901 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2902 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2903 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
2904 }
2905 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
2906 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
2907 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
2908 // warning can be disabled.
2909 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
2910 return ConvTy;
2911 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
2912 }
2913 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
2914 return IncompatiblePointer;
2915 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002916 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002917}
2918
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002919/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
2920/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
2921/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
2922// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002923Sema::AssignConvertType
2924Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002925 QualType rhsType) {
2926 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002927
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002928 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
2929 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002930 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2931
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002932 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
2933 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2934 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002935
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002936 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002937
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002938 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
2939 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
2940 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002941
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002942 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002943 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002944 return ConvTy;
2945}
2946
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002947/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
2948/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002949/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
2950///
2951/// int a, *pint;
2952/// short *pshort;
2953/// struct foo *pfoo;
2954///
2955/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2956/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
2957/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
2958/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2959///
2960/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002961/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002962///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002963Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002964Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002965 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
2966 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002967 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
2968 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002969
2970 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00002971 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002972
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002973 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
2974 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
2975 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
2976 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
2977 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
2978 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
2979 // type.
2980 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
2981 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00002982 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002983 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002984 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002985
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002986 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
2987 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002988 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00002989 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
2990 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
2991 return IntToPointer;
2992 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
2993 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00002994 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002995 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002996
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002997 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002998 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002999 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3000 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003001 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003002
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003003 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003004 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003005 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003006 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3007 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003008 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003009 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003010 }
3011 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003012 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003013
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003014 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003015 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003016
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003017 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003018 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003019 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003020
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003021 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003022 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003023
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003024 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003025 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003026 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003027
3028 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3029 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3030 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3031 return Compatible;
3032 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003033 return Incompatible;
3034 }
3035
3036 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3037 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003038 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003039
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003040 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3041 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3042 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3043 return Compatible;
3044
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003045 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3046 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003047
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003048 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3049 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003050 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003051 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003052 return Incompatible;
3053 }
3054
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003055 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003056 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003057 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3058 return Compatible;
3059
3060 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003061 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003062
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003063 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003064 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003065
3066 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003067 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003068 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003069 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003070 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003071
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003072 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003073 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003074 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003075 }
3076 return Incompatible;
3077}
3078
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003079Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003080Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003081 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3082 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3083 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3084 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3085 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003086 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3087 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003088 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003089 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003090 }
3091
3092 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3093 // structures.
3094 }
3095
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003096 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3097 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003098 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3099 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003100 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003101 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003102 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003103 return Compatible;
3104 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003105
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003106 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003107 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003108 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003109 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003110 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003111 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003112 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3113 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003114
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003115 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3116 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003117
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003118 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3119 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003120 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3121 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3122 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3123 // does not have reference type.
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003124 if (rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003125 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003126 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003127}
3128
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003129Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003130Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3131 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
3132}
3133
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003134QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003135 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003136 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003137 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003138 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003139}
3140
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003141inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003142 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003143 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003144 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003145 QualType lhsType =
3146 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3147 QualType rhsType =
3148 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003149
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003150 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003151 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003152 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003153
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003154 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3155 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003156 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3157 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3158 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003159 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3160 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003161 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003162 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003163 }
3164 }
3165 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003166
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003167 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3168 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003169 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003170 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003171
3172 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003173 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3174 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003175 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003176 return lhsType;
3177 }
3178 }
3179
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003180 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003181 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003182 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003183 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3184
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003185 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003186 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3187 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003188 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003189 return rhsType;
3190 }
3191 }
3192
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003193 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003194 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003195 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003196 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003197 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003198}
3199
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003200inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003201 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003202{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003203 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003204 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003205
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003206 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003207
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003208 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003209 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003210 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003211}
3212
3213inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003214 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003215{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003216 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3217 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3218 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3219 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3220 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003221
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003222 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003223
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003224 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003225 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003226 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003227}
3228
3229inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003230 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003231{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003232 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3233 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3234 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3235 return compType;
3236 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003237
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003238 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003239
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003240 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003241 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3242 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3243 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003244 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003245 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003246
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003247 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3248 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3249 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3250 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3251
3252 if (const PointerType* PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
3253 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3254 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003255 if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3256 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3257 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003258 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003259 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003260 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003261
3262 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3263 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3264 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3265 } else if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
3266 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3267 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3268 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3269 return QualType();
3270 }
3271
3272 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3273 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3274 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3275 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
3276 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PTy->getPointeeType(),
3277 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3278 lex->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3279 lex->getType()))
3280 return QualType();
3281
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003282 if (CompLHSTy) {
3283 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3284 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3285 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3286 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3287 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003288 return PExp->getType();
3289 }
3290 }
3291
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003292 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003293}
3294
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003295// C99 6.5.6
3296QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003297 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3298 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3299 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3300 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3301 return compType;
3302 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003303
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003304 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003305
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003306 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003307
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003308 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003309 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3310 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003311 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003312 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003313
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003314 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3315 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003316 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003317
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003318 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003319
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003320 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3321 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3322 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3323 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3324 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3325 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3326 return QualType();
3327 }
3328
3329 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3330 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3331 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3332 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3333 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003334 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003335 return QualType();
3336 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003337
3338 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3339 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3340 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3341 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3342 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3343 lex->getSourceRange(),
3344 SourceRange(),
3345 lex->getType()))
3346 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003347
3348 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003349 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3350 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3351 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3352 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3353 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3354 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3355 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3356 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3357
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003358 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003359 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003360 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003361
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003362 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3363 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003364 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003365
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003366 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3367 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3368 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3369 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3370 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3371 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3372 return QualType();
3373 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003374
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003375 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3376 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3377 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3378 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003379 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003380 return QualType();
3381 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003382
3383 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3384 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3385 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3386 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3387 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3388 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3389 rex->getSourceRange(),
3390 SourceRange(),
3391 rex->getType()))
3392 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003393
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003394 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003395 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003396 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003397 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003398 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003399 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003400 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003401 return QualType();
3402 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003403
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003404 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3405 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3406 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3407 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3408 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3409 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3410 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003411
3412 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003413 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3414 }
3415 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003416
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003417 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003418}
3419
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003420// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003421QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003422 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003423 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3424 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003425 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003426
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003427 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3428 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003429 QualType LHSTy;
3430 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3431 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3432 else
3433 LHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003434 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003435 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3436
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003437 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003438
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003439 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003440 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003441}
3442
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003443// C99 6.5.8
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003444QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003445 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3446 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3447
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003448 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003449 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003450
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003451 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003452 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3453 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3454 else {
3455 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3456 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3457 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003458 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3459 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003460
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003461 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003462 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3463 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3464 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003465 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3466 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003467 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3468 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3469 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3470 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003471 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3472 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003473 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003474
3475 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3476 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3477 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3478 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3479
3480 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3481 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003482 Expr *literalString = 0;
3483 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003484 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003485 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3486 literalString = lex;
3487 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3488 }
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003489 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3490 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003491 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3492 literalString = rex;
3493 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3494 }
3495
3496 if (literalString) {
3497 std::string resultComparison;
3498 switch (Opc) {
3499 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3500 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3501 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3502 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3503 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3504 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3505 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3506 }
3507 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3508 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3509 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003510 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3511 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3512 "strcmp(")
3513 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3514 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003515 resultComparison);
3516 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003517 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003518
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003519 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003520 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003521
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003522 if (isRelational) {
3523 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003524 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003525 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003526 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003527 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003528 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003529 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003530 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003531
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003532 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003533 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003534 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003535
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003536 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3537 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003538
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003539 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3540 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3541 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003542 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003543 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003544 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003545 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003546 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003547
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003548 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003549 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3550 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003551 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff17c03822009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003552 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003553 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003554 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003555 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003556 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003557 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003558 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003559 // Handle block pointer types.
3560 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3561 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3562 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003563
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003564 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3565 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003566 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003567 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003568 }
3569 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003570 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003571 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003572 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
3573 if ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) ||
3574 (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType())) {
3575 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003576 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003577 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003578 }
3579 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003580 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003581 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003582
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003583 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003584 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003585 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3586 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003587 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003588 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003589 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003590 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003591
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003592 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3593 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003594 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003595 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003596 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003597 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003598 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003599 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003600 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003601 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003602 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3603 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003604 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003605 } else {
3606 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003607 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003608 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003609 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003610 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003611 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003612 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003613 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003614 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003615 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003616 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003617 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003618 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003619 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003620 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003621 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003622 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003623 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003624 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003625 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003626 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003627 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003628 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003629 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003630 // Handle block pointers.
3631 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
3632 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003633 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003634 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003635 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003636 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003637 }
3638 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3639 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003640 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003641 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003642 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003643 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003644 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003645 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003646}
3647
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003648/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003649/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003650/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3651/// types.
3652QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003653 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003654 bool isRelational) {
3655 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3656 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003657 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003658 if (vType.isNull())
3659 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003660
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003661 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3662 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003663
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003664 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3665 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3666 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3667 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3668 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3669 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3670 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003671 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003672 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003673
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003674 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3675 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3676 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003677 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003678 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003679
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003680 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
3681 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
3682 if (1) {
3683 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
3684 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3685 return QualType();
3686 }
3687
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003688 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3689 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3690 // elements for floating point vectors.
3691 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3692 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003693
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003694 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003695 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003696 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003697 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003698 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003699 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3700
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003701 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003702 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003703 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3704}
3705
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003706inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003707 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003708{
3709 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003710 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003711
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003712 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003713
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003714 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003715 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003716 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003717}
3718
3719inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003720 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003721{
3722 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3723 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003724
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00003725 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003726 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003727 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003728}
3729
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003730/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
3731/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3732/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3733///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003734static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003735{
3736 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3737 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3738 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3739 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3740 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003741 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003742 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3743 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3744 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3745 return true;
3746 }
3747 }
3748 return false;
3749}
3750
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003751/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
3752/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
3753static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003754 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
3755 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
3756 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003757 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
3758 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003759 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
3760 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003761
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003762 unsigned Diag = 0;
3763 bool NeedType = false;
3764 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
3765 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
3766 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003767 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003768 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3769 NeedType = true;
3770 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003771 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003772 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3773 NeedType = true;
3774 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00003775 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003776 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
3777 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003778 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003779 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3780 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003781 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
3782 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00003783 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003784 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
3785 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003786 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003787 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
3788 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00003789 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003790 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3791 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00003792 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
3793 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
3794 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00003795 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
3796 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
3797 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003798 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003799
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003800 SourceRange Assign;
3801 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
3802 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003803 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003804 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003805 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003806 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003807 return true;
3808}
3809
3810
3811
3812// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003813QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3814 SourceLocation Loc,
3815 QualType CompoundType) {
3816 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
3817 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003818 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003819
3820 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
3821 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003822
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003823 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003824 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003825 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003826 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003827 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
3828 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
3829 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
3830 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
3831 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
3832 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
3833 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003834
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003835 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
3836 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
3837 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003838 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003839 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
3840 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
3841 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
3842 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
3843 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003844 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003845 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003846 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
3847 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
3848 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00003849 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
3850 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003851 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
3852 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
3853 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003854 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003855 }
3856 } else {
3857 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003858 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003859 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003860
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003861 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
3862 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003863 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003864
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003865 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
3866 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003867 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003868 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
3869 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003870 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
3871 // oprdu.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003872 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003873}
3874
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003875// C99 6.5.17
3876QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00003877 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003878 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003879
3880 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
3881 // incomplete in C++).
3882
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003883 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003884}
3885
3886/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
3887/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003888QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3889 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003890 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
3891 return Context.DependentTy;
3892
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003893 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
3894 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003895
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003896 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
3897 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
3898 if (!isInc) {
3899 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3900 return QualType();
3901 }
3902 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
3903 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3904 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003905 // OK!
3906 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
3907 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003908 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003909 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3910 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3911 << Op->getSourceRange();
3912 return QualType();
3913 }
3914
3915 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003916 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003917 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003918 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3919 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3920 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
3921 return QualType();
3922 }
3923
3924 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003925 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003926 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
3927 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3928 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3929 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003930 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003931 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
3932 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
3933 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003934 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003935 } else {
3936 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003937 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003938 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003939 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003940 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00003941 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003942 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003943 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003944 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003945}
3946
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003947/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003948/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003949/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
3950/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
3951/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
3952/// - &(x) => x
3953/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
3954/// - &s.xx => s
3955/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
3956/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
3957/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
3958/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003959static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003960 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003961 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00003962 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003963 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003964 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00003965 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
3966 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
3967 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003968 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003969 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00003970 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003971 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003972 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00003973 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the
3974 // implicit promotion of register arrays earlier.
3975 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
3976 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
3977 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
3978 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
3979 }
3980 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003981 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003982 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3983 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003984
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003985 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003986 case UnaryOperator::Real:
3987 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
3988 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
3989 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
3990 default:
3991 return 0;
3992 }
3993 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003994 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003995 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003996 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00003997 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
3998 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003999 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004000 default:
4001 return 0;
4002 }
4003}
4004
4005/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004006/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004007/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004008/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004009/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004010/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004011/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004012QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004013 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4014 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4015
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004016 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4017 return Context.DependentTy;
4018
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004019 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4020 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4021 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4022 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4023 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4024 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4025 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4026 }
4027 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4028 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4029 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004030 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004031 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004032
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004033 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004034 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
4035 if (!dcl || !isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004036 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004037 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4038 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004039 return QualType();
4040 }
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004041 } else if (op->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
4042 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4043 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4044 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004045 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004046 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4047 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004048 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004049 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004050 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004051 return QualType();
4052 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004053 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004054 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4055 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4056 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004057 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4058 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004059 return QualType();
4060 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004061 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004062 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004063 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4064 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004065 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4066 // scope qualifier for the class.
4067 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4068 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4069 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4070 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4071 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4072 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004073 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
4074 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004075 // As above.
4076 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4077 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4078 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4079 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4080 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4081 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004082 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004083 else
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004084 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004085 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004086
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004087 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4088 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4089}
4090
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004091QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004092 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4093 return Context.DependentTy;
4094
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004095 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4096 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004097
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004098 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4099 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4100 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4101 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4102 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004103 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004104
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004105 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004106 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004107 return QualType();
4108}
4109
4110static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4111 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4112 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4113 switch (Kind) {
4114 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004115 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4116 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004117 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4118 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4119 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4120 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4121 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4122 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4123 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4124 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4125 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4126 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4127 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4128 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4129 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4130 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4131 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4132 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4133 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4134 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4135 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4136 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4137 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4138 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4139 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4140 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4141 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4142 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4143 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4144 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4145 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4146 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4147 }
4148 return Opc;
4149}
4150
4151static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4152 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4153 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4154 switch (Kind) {
4155 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4156 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4157 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4158 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4159 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4160 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4161 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4162 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4163 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004164 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4165 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4166 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4167 }
4168 return Opc;
4169}
4170
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004171/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4172/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4173/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004174Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4175 unsigned Op,
4176 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004177 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004178 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004179 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4180 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4181 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004182
4183 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004184 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4185 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4186 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004187 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4188 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4189 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4190 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4191 break;
4192 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004193 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4194 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4195 break;
4196 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4197 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4198 break;
4199 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4200 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4201 break;
4202 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4203 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4204 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004205 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004206 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4207 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4208 break;
4209 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4210 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4211 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4212 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004213 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004214 break;
4215 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4216 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004217 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004218 break;
4219 case BinaryOperator::And:
4220 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4221 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4222 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4223 break;
4224 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4225 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4226 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4227 break;
4228 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4229 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004230 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4231 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4232 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4233 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004234 break;
4235 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004236 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4237 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4238 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4239 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004240 break;
4241 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004242 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4243 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4244 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004245 break;
4246 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004247 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4248 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4249 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004250 break;
4251 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4252 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004253 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4254 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4255 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4256 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004257 break;
4258 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4259 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4260 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004261 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4262 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4263 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4264 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004265 break;
4266 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4267 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4268 break;
4269 }
4270 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004271 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004272 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004273 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4274 else
4275 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004276 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4277 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004278}
4279
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004280// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004281Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4282 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4283 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004284 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004285 Expr *lhs = (Expr *)LHS.release(), *rhs = (Expr*)RHS.release();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004286
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004287 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4288 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004289
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004290 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4291 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4292 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4293 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4294 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4295 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4296 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004297 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004298 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4299 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4300 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4301 Functions);
4302 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4303 DeclarationName OpName
4304 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4305 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004306 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004307
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004308 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4309 // binary operation.
4310 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004311 }
4312
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004313 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4314 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004315}
4316
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004317Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4318 unsigned OpcIn,
4319 ExprArg InputArg) {
4320 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004321
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004322 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated
4323 // appropriately.
4324 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004325 QualType resultType;
4326 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004327 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4328 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4329 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4330 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4331 break;
4332
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004333 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4334 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004335 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4336 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004337 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004338 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004339 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4340 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004341 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004342 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004343 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4344 break;
4345 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4346 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
4347 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4348 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004349 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4350 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004351 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4352 break;
4353 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4354 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4355 break;
4356 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4357 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4358 resultType->isPointerType())
4359 break;
4360
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004361 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4362 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004363 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
4364 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4365 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004366 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4367 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004368 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4369 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4370 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004371 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004372 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004373 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004374 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4375 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004376 break;
4377 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4378 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
4379 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4380 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004381 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4382 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004383 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004384 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4385 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004386 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004387 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4388 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004389 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004390 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004391 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004392 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004393 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004394 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004395 resultType = Input->getType();
4396 break;
4397 }
4398 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004399 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004400
4401 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004402 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004403}
4404
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004405// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4406Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4407 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4408 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4409 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4410
4411 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4412 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4413 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4414 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4415 // the arguments.
4416 FunctionSet Functions;
4417 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4418 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4419 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4420 Functions);
4421 DeclarationName OpName
4422 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4423 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4424 }
4425
4426 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4427 }
4428
4429 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4430}
4431
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004432/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004433Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4434 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4435 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004436 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004437 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004438
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004439 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4440 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004441 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004442 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004443
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004444 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004445 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4446 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004447}
4448
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004449Sema::OwningExprResult
4450Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4451 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4452 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004453 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4454 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4455
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004456 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
4457 if (isFileScope) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004458 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004459 }
4460
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004461 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4462 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4463 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004464
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004465 // FIXME: the last statement in the compount stmt has its value used. We
4466 // should not warn about it being unused.
4467
4468 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4469 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4470 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004471
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004472 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4473 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4474 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4475 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4476 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004477
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004478 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004479 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004480 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004481
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004482 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4483 // expressions are not lvalues.
4484
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004485 substmt.release();
4486 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004487}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004488
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004489Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4490 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4491 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4492 TypeTy *argty,
4493 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4494 unsigned NumComponents,
4495 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4496 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4497 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004498 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4499 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004500
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004501 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4502
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004503 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4504 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4505 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004506 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004507 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004508
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004509 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4510 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004511
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004512 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4513 // the offsetof designators.
4514 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4515 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004516 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004517 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004518
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004519 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4520 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004521 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4522 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004523 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004524 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4525 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004526
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004527 if (!Dependent) {
4528 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4529 // leaks like a sieve.
4530 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4531 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4532 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4533 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4534 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4535 if (!AT) {
4536 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004537 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4538 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004539 }
4540
4541 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4542
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004543 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4544 // expression.
4545 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4546
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004547 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4548 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004549 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004550 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004551 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
4552 diag::err_typecheck_subscript)
4553 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004554
4555 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4556 OC.LocEnd);
4557 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004558 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004559
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004560 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4561 if (!RC) {
4562 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004563 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4564 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004565 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004566
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004567 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4568 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
4569 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4570 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4571 LookupMemberName)
4572 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004573 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004574 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004575 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4576 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004577
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004578 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4579 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
4580 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it doesn't
4581 // matter here.
4582 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004583 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004584 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004585 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004586
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004587 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4588 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004589}
4590
4591
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004592Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4593 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
4594 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004595 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4596 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004597
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004598 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004599
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004600 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
4601 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004602}
4603
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004604Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4605 ExprArg cond,
4606 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
4607 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4608 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
4609 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
4610 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004611
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004612 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4613
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004614 QualType resType;
4615 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
4616 resType = Context.DependentTy;
4617 } else {
4618 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4619 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4620 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4621 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004622 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
4623 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4624 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004625
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004626 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4627 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
4628 }
4629
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004630 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
4631 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
4632 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004633}
4634
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004635//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4636// Clang Extensions.
4637//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4638
4639/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004640void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004641 // Analyze block parameters.
4642 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004643
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004644 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4645 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4646 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004647
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004648 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4649 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00004650 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004651 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4652 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004653
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004654 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004655 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004656}
4657
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004658void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
4659 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == 0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
4660
4661 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
4662 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
4663 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4664
4665 // The type is entirely optional as well, if none, use DependentTy.
4666 if (T.isNull())
4667 T = Context.DependentTy;
4668
4669 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
4670 if (!T->isFunctionType())
4671 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
4672
4673 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
4674 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004675
4676 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4677
4678 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4679 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4680 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4681 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4682 return;
4683 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004684
4685 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004686 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004687 return;
4688 }
4689
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004690 // Analyze arguments to block.
4691 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4692 "Not a function declarator!");
4693 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004694
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004695 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4696 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004697
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004698 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4699 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4700 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4701 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004702 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
4703 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004704 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004705 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004706 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4707 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004708 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004709 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004710 }
Steve Naroff494cb0f2009-03-13 16:56:44 +00004711 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, &CurBlock->Params[0],
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004712 CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004713
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004714 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4715 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4716 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4717 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4718 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004719
4720 // Analyze the return type.
4721 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4722 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4723
4724 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4725 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4726 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4727 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4728 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4729 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004730}
4731
4732/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4733/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4734void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
4735 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4736 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004737
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004738 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4739
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004740 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4741 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004742
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004743 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004744}
4745
4746/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4747/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004748Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
4749 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00004750 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
4751 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
4752 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
4753
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004754 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4755 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004756
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004757 PopDeclContext();
4758
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004759 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4760 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004761
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004762 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
4763 if (BSI->ReturnType)
4764 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004765
Mike Stumpb1a2aab2009-04-17 00:09:41 +00004766 // A reference in a nested block, winds up being a reference in the outer
4767 // block.
4768 if (CurBlock)
4769 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs |= BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs;
4770
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004771 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
4772 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
4773 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004774
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004775 QualType BlockTy;
4776 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004777 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004778 else
4779 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004780 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004781
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004782 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
4783
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004784 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004785
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004786 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
4787 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
4788 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
4789 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4790
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004791 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.release()));
4792 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
4793 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004794}
4795
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004796Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4797 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
4798 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004799 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004800 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
4801 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
4802
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004803 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004804
4805 // Get the va_list type
4806 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4807 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
4808 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
4809 // a pointer for va_arg.
4810 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
4811 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman8754e5b2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004812 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
4813 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004814
Chris Lattnercb9469d2009-04-06 17:07:34 +00004815 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004816 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
4817 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004818 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00004819 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004820
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004821 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004822 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004823
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004824 expr.release();
4825 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
4826 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004827}
4828
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004829Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004830 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
4831 // pointers on the target.
4832 QualType Ty;
4833 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
4834 Ty = Context.IntTy;
4835 else
4836 Ty = Context.LongTy;
4837
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004838 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004839}
4840
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004841bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
4842 SourceLocation Loc,
4843 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4844 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
4845 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
4846 bool isInvalid = false;
4847 unsigned DiagKind;
4848 switch (ConvTy) {
4849 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
4850 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004851 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004852 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
4853 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004854 case IntToPointer:
4855 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
4856 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004857 case IncompatiblePointer:
4858 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
4859 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004860 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
4861 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
4862 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004863 case FunctionVoidPointer:
4864 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
4865 break;
4866 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00004867 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
4868 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
4869 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
4870 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
4871 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
4872 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
4873 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
4874 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
4875 // C++ semantics.
4876 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4877 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
4878 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004879 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
4880 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004881 case IntToBlockPointer:
4882 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
4883 break;
4884 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Steve Naroff82324d62008-09-24 23:31:10 +00004885 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004886 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004887 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004888 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004889 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
4890 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
4891 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004892 case IncompatibleVectors:
4893 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
4894 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004895 case Incompatible:
4896 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
4897 isInvalid = true;
4898 break;
4899 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004900
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004901 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
4902 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004903 return isInvalid;
4904}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004905
4906bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr* E, llvm::APSInt *Result)
4907{
4908 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
4909
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004910 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004911 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
4912 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
4913
4914 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4915 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
4916 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
4917 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
4918 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
4919 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4920 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004921
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004922 return true;
4923 }
4924
4925 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004926 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004927 E->getSourceRange();
4928
4929 // Print the reason it's not a constant.
4930 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
4931 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4932 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004933
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004934 if (Result)
4935 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
4936 return false;
4937}